1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/readline.h"
73 #include "readline/history.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
82 enum exception_event_kind
89 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
105 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
111 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
112 struct linespec_result
*,
116 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
117 struct linespec_result
*,
118 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
119 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
121 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
122 int, int, int, unsigned);
124 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
125 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
127 static void clear_command (char *, int);
129 static void catch_command (char *, int);
131 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
133 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
135 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
137 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
139 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
140 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
141 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
143 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
145 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
146 struct symtab_and_line
,
148 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
150 static struct breakpoint
*
151 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
156 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
158 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
162 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
163 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
164 struct obj_section
*, int);
166 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
167 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
169 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
170 struct address_space
*aspace
,
173 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
178 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
180 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
196 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
200 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
210 int *other_type_used
);
212 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
219 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
221 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
228 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
229 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
231 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
233 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
234 insert locations now. */
235 enum ugll_insert_mode
237 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
238 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
239 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
240 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
241 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
242 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
243 returns true on them.
245 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
246 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
247 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
248 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
249 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
250 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
254 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
255 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
258 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
259 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
260 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
261 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
262 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
263 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
264 as no thread is running yet. */
268 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
270 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
272 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
274 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
276 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
278 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
280 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
282 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
286 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
288 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
290 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
292 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
295 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
297 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
298 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
299 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
311 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
313 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
319 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
321 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
322 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
323 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
324 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
325 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
326 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
328 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
329 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
330 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
331 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
337 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
339 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
340 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
341 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
342 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
344 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
346 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
348 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
349 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
350 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
351 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
352 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
354 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
356 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
358 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
360 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
361 breakpoints share a single command list. */
362 struct counted_command_line
364 /* The reference count. */
367 /* The command list. */
368 struct command_line
*commands
;
371 struct command_line
*
372 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
374 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
377 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
378 current breakpoint. */
380 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
383 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
385 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
386 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
388 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
390 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
393 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
394 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
395 if such is available. */
396 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
399 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
400 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
403 fprintf_filtered (file
,
404 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
405 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
409 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
410 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
411 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
412 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
413 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
415 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
416 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
419 fprintf_filtered (file
,
420 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
421 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
426 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
427 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
428 use hardware breakpoints. */
429 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
431 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
432 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
435 fprintf_filtered (file
,
436 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
440 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
441 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
442 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
443 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
444 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
445 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
446 processing user input. */
447 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
450 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
451 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
453 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
457 /* See breakpoint.h. */
460 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
462 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
464 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
465 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
466 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
469 else if (target_has_execution
)
471 if (always_inserted_mode
)
473 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
478 if (threads_are_executing ())
484 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
486 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
487 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
488 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
489 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
490 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
491 condition_evaluation_auto
,
492 condition_evaluation_host
,
493 condition_evaluation_target
,
497 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
498 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
500 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
501 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
502 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
504 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
505 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
506 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
510 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
512 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
514 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
515 return condition_evaluation_target
;
517 return condition_evaluation_host
;
523 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
526 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
528 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
531 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
535 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
537 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
539 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
542 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
544 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
545 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
547 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
548 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
550 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
551 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
553 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
554 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
555 current breakpoint. */
557 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
559 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
561 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
564 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
565 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
566 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
568 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
569 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
570 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
573 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
574 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
575 to where the loop should start from.
576 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
577 appropriate location to start with. */
579 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
580 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
581 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
583 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
584 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
587 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
589 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
590 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
591 if (is_tracepoint (B))
593 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
595 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
597 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
599 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
601 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
603 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
605 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
606 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
607 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
608 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
609 an address you need to read. */
611 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
613 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
614 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
615 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
616 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
617 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
619 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
621 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
622 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
624 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
626 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
628 static int breakpoint_count
;
630 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
631 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
632 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
633 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
634 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
638 static int tracepoint_count
;
640 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
641 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
642 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
644 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
647 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
650 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
654 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
661 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
663 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
665 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
668 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
671 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
673 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
674 breakpoint_count
= num
;
675 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
678 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
679 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
680 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
682 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
686 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
688 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
691 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
695 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
697 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
700 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
703 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
705 struct breakpoint
*b
;
711 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
712 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
714 static struct counted_command_line
*
715 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
717 struct counted_command_line
*result
718 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
721 result
->commands
= commands
;
725 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
728 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
734 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
735 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
736 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
739 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
743 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
745 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
752 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
755 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
757 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
760 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
763 static struct cleanup
*
764 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
766 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
770 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
771 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
774 get_breakpoint (int num
)
776 struct breakpoint
*b
;
779 if (b
->number
== num
)
787 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
788 evaluating conditions on its side. */
791 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
793 struct bp_location
*loc
;
795 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
796 evaluating conditions and if the user has
797 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
799 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
800 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
803 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
806 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
807 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
810 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
811 evaluating conditions on its side. */
814 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
816 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
817 evaluating conditions and if the user has
818 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
820 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
821 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
825 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
828 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
831 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
832 condition_evaluation_mode. */
835 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
836 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
838 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
840 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
841 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
843 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
844 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
845 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
849 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
850 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
852 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
853 settings was "auto". */
854 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
856 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
857 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
859 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
860 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
861 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
863 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
864 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
867 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
869 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
871 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
872 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
876 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
877 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
878 target knows about. */
879 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
880 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
881 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
885 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
891 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
892 what "auto" is translating to. */
895 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
896 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
898 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
899 fprintf_filtered (file
,
900 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
901 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
903 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
905 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
909 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
910 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
911 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
914 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
916 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
917 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
919 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
922 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
925 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
926 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
927 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
930 static struct bp_location
**
931 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
933 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
934 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
935 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
937 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
938 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
939 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
941 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
942 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
943 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
944 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
946 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
947 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
950 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
951 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
952 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
953 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
960 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
963 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
964 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
966 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
968 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
975 struct bp_location
*loc
;
977 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
982 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
983 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
984 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
991 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
995 const char *arg
= exp
;
997 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
998 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
999 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1000 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1002 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1004 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1006 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1008 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1010 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1011 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1015 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1017 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1021 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1022 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1024 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1028 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1030 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1033 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1035 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1036 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1037 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1041 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1042 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1046 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1047 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1051 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1052 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1054 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1057 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1058 len
= strlen (text
);
1064 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1066 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1067 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1073 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1074 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1075 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1078 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1081 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1083 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1088 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1091 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1093 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1096 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1098 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1099 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1100 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1101 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1102 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1104 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1106 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1107 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1108 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1110 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1112 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1113 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1118 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1121 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1122 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1123 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1126 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1128 struct command_line
*c
;
1130 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1134 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1136 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1138 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1139 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1141 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1142 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1143 command directly. */
1144 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1145 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1147 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1148 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1152 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1155 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1157 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1158 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1159 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1163 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1165 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1168 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1169 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1174 struct command_line
*commands
)
1176 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1178 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1179 struct command_line
*c
;
1180 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1182 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1183 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1187 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1188 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1189 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1190 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1191 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1192 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1193 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1194 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1195 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1196 tracepoint's context. */
1197 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1199 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1201 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1202 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1203 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1204 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1205 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1206 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1209 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1210 "can be used only once"));
1215 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1219 struct command_line
*c2
;
1221 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1222 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1223 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1225 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1226 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1232 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1236 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1237 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1240 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1242 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1243 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1244 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1247 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1249 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1250 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1251 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1257 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1258 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1261 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1262 struct command_line
*commands
)
1264 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1266 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1267 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1268 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1271 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1272 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1276 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1278 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1281 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1282 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1285 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1286 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1289 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1291 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1294 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1295 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1298 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1299 breakpoint work for any task. */
1302 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1304 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1307 if (old_task
!= task
)
1308 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1312 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1314 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1316 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1319 /* A structure used to pass information through
1320 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1322 struct commands_info
1324 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1327 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1330 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1331 already-parsed command. */
1332 struct command_line
*control
;
1334 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1336 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1339 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1340 commands_command. */
1343 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1345 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1347 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1349 struct command_line
*l
;
1351 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1352 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1355 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1358 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1359 "%s, one per line."),
1362 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1364 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1367 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1370 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1373 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1376 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1378 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1380 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1381 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1382 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1383 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1384 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1389 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1390 struct command_line
*control
)
1392 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1393 struct commands_info info
;
1395 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1396 info
.control
= control
;
1398 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1399 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1400 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1402 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1404 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1405 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1407 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1408 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1411 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1412 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1413 numbers will fail in this case. */
1418 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1420 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1423 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1427 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1429 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1430 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1432 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1436 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1438 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1441 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1442 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1444 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1445 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1446 enum command_control_type
1447 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1449 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1450 return simple_control
;
1453 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1456 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1458 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1462 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1463 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1468 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1469 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1472 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1473 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1474 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1477 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1478 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1479 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1480 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1481 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1483 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1484 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1488 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1489 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1491 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1495 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1497 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1498 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1500 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1502 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1507 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1509 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1514 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1515 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1517 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1518 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1519 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1523 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1525 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1526 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1529 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1531 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1532 shadow_contents buffer. */
1533 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1534 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1535 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1537 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1539 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1540 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1544 const unsigned char *bp
;
1545 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1548 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1549 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1550 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1552 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1554 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1556 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1557 breakpoint's INSN. */
1558 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1562 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1563 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1565 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1566 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1567 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1569 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1570 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1571 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1572 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1573 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1574 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1575 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1576 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1578 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1581 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1582 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1583 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1585 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1587 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1590 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1591 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1592 report higher one. */
1595 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1596 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1598 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1600 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1601 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1603 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1604 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1605 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1606 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1608 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1609 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1610 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1612 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1614 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1621 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1622 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1623 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1624 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1625 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1628 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1630 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1631 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1632 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1635 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1638 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1640 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1642 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1643 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1647 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1648 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1649 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1652 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1655 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1656 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1657 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1660 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1663 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1664 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1670 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1674 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1676 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1677 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1678 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1684 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1686 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1687 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1688 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1691 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1695 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1697 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1698 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1701 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1702 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1703 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1704 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1705 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1706 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1707 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1708 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1711 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1713 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1714 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1715 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1716 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1719 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1720 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1723 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1725 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1727 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1729 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1730 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1731 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1732 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1733 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1735 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1738 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1741 static struct value
*
1742 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1744 struct value
*bit_val
;
1749 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1751 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1754 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1761 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1762 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1763 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1764 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1766 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1768 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1769 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1772 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1773 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1774 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1775 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1776 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1777 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1778 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1779 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1781 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1782 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1783 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1784 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1785 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1786 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1787 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1788 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1791 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1792 hardware watchpoints:
1794 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1795 called several times when GDB stops.
1798 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1799 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1800 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1801 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1802 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1803 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1804 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1805 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1806 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1807 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1808 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1810 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1811 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1814 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1816 int within_current_scope
;
1817 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1820 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1821 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1822 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1823 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1826 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1831 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1832 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1833 within_current_scope
= 1;
1836 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1837 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1838 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1840 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1841 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1842 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1843 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1846 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1847 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1848 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1849 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1852 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1854 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1855 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1856 if (within_current_scope
)
1860 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1861 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1862 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1865 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1874 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1875 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1876 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1877 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1878 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1879 be completely different objects. */
1880 value_free (b
->val
);
1884 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1885 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1886 locations (re)created below. */
1887 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1889 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1891 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1895 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1896 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1900 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1901 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1902 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1903 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1904 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1905 if (!target_has_execution
)
1907 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1908 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1909 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1910 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1912 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1913 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1915 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1916 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1919 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1922 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1923 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1925 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1927 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1928 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1929 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1930 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1931 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1933 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1935 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1937 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1945 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1947 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1948 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1950 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1951 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1952 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1953 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1954 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1955 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1956 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1958 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1960 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1961 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1962 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1964 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1965 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1969 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1970 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1972 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1974 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1976 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1977 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1979 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1981 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1982 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1983 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1984 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1985 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1988 addr
= value_address (v
);
1991 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1996 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1998 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2001 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2002 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2005 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2007 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2008 loc
->address
= addr
;
2012 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2013 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2016 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2018 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2023 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2024 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2025 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2030 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2031 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2033 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2037 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2040 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2041 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2042 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2044 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2045 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2046 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2047 this watchpoint in as well. */
2049 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2050 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2051 hardware watchpoint type. */
2052 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2053 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2054 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2056 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2057 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2058 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2059 through watch_command), so always account for it
2062 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2063 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2065 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2066 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2069 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2070 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2072 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2074 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2075 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2076 "hardware watchpoint."));
2077 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2078 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2079 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2081 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2082 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2086 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2087 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2088 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2090 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2093 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2095 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2096 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2097 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2099 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2100 "read/access watchpoint."));
2103 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2105 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2106 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2107 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2108 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2111 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2113 next
= value_next (v
);
2118 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2119 above left it without any location set up. But,
2120 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2121 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2122 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2124 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2125 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2126 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2127 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2128 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2129 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2132 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2134 printf_filtered (_("\
2135 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2136 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2138 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2141 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2143 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2147 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2148 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2149 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2150 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2151 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2153 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2155 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2158 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2161 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2164 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2167 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2168 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2169 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2170 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2171 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2172 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2173 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2174 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2175 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2178 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2180 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2181 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2182 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2187 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2188 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2189 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2190 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2195 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2196 instruction that triggered one. */
2197 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2198 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2202 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2203 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2204 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2205 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2214 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2215 that the location is not duplicated. */
2218 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2221 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2224 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2225 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2229 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2230 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2231 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2232 any error during parsing. */
2234 static struct agent_expr
*
2235 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2237 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2242 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2243 that may show up. */
2246 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2249 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2251 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2252 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2253 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2258 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2262 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2263 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2264 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2265 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2266 one of them is true. */
2269 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2271 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2272 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2273 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2274 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2276 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2277 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2279 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2280 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2281 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2283 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2284 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2287 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2288 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2289 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2290 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2291 response back to GDB. */
2292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2299 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2301 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2302 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2304 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2305 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2306 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2308 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2309 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2315 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2316 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2317 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2319 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2325 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2326 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2327 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2329 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2330 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2331 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2336 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2338 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2340 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2343 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2344 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2349 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2350 for this location's address. */
2351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2355 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2356 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2357 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2359 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2360 conditions to the target. */
2361 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2362 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2368 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2369 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2370 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2372 static struct agent_expr
*
2373 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2375 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2376 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2377 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2378 const char *cmdrest
;
2379 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2380 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2382 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2389 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2391 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2393 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2394 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2396 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2398 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2400 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2402 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2404 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2405 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2407 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2409 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2410 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2412 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2414 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2416 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2418 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2419 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2422 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2427 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2428 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2430 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2434 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2435 that may show up. */
2438 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2439 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2440 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2442 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2444 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2445 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2446 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2451 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2453 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2457 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2458 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2459 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2462 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2464 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2465 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2466 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2467 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2469 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2470 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2472 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2475 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2476 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2479 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2480 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2481 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2483 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2486 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2487 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2488 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2492 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2493 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2494 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2495 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2496 response back to GDB. */
2497 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2500 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2504 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2506 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2507 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2508 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2509 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2510 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2511 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2512 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2518 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2519 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2520 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2522 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2528 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2530 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2532 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2535 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2536 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2538 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2540 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2543 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2544 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2549 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2550 for this location's address. */
2551 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2554 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2555 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2556 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2557 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2559 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2560 to send the commands to the target. */
2561 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2565 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2566 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2567 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2568 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2571 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2572 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2573 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2574 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2577 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2578 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2580 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2581 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2582 int *disabled_breaks
,
2583 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2584 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2586 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2587 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2589 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2592 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2593 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2594 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2595 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2596 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2597 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2598 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2599 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2600 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2601 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2602 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2603 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2605 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2606 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2607 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2608 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2610 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2612 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2613 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2614 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2615 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2618 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2619 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2621 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2623 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2624 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2625 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2627 Two important cases are:
2628 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2629 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2630 hardware breakpoint.
2631 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2632 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2633 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2636 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2637 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2638 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2639 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2641 struct mem_region
*mr
2642 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2646 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2648 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2650 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2651 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2653 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2655 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2657 static int said
= 0;
2659 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2662 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2663 _("Note: automatically using "
2664 "hardware breakpoints for "
2665 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2670 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2671 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2673 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2674 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2675 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2676 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2678 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2684 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2685 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2686 || bl
->section
== NULL
2687 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2689 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2694 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2696 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2698 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2701 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2707 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2708 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2709 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2711 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2712 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2713 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2714 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2715 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2719 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2721 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2722 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2723 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2725 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2730 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2731 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2733 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2735 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2738 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2742 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2743 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2744 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2745 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2749 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2750 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2752 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2757 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2759 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2761 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2764 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2770 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2771 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2776 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2778 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2780 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2781 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2782 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2783 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2784 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2785 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2786 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2787 errors as memory errors. */
2788 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2789 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2790 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2791 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2794 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2795 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2797 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2799 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2800 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2802 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2803 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2804 "library breakpoints:\n");
2806 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2808 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2813 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2815 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2816 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2817 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2818 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2819 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2820 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2825 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2828 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2829 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2830 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2833 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2835 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2836 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2840 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2841 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2856 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2857 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2858 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2859 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2863 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2864 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2866 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2868 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2869 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2870 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2872 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2874 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2875 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2877 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2879 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2880 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2884 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2885 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2892 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2893 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2896 /* Back to the original value. */
2897 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2901 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2904 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2908 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2909 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2911 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2914 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2918 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2919 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2921 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2924 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2926 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2927 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2928 so just return success. */
2935 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2936 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2940 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2942 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2943 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2945 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2948 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2949 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2952 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2953 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2954 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2956 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2958 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2960 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2961 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2962 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2964 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2965 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2967 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2973 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2974 removed locations above. */
2975 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2978 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2979 Throws exception on any error.
2980 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2981 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2983 insert_breakpoints (void)
2985 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2988 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2990 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2992 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2995 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2996 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2997 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2998 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3001 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3004 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3006 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3008 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3010 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3014 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3015 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3016 always-inserted mode. */
3019 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3021 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3024 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3025 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3026 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3028 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3029 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3031 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3032 there was an error. */
3033 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3035 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3037 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3039 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3041 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3044 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3045 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3046 deletion of breakpoints. */
3047 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3050 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3052 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3053 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3054 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3055 insert breakpoints. */
3056 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3057 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3060 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3061 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3068 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3069 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3072 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3075 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3078 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3080 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3081 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3084 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3085 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3086 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3088 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3089 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3091 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3092 there was an error. */
3093 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3095 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3099 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3102 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3103 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3104 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3105 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3106 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3109 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3111 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3112 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3113 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3114 insert breakpoints. */
3115 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3116 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3119 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3120 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3125 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3126 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3127 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3129 int some_failed
= 0;
3130 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3132 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3135 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3138 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3141 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3142 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3149 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3151 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3153 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3154 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3155 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3163 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3164 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3165 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3167 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3168 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3169 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3171 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3172 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3175 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3178 /* Used when the program stops.
3179 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3180 removing a breakpoint location. */
3183 remove_breakpoints (void)
3185 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3188 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3190 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3191 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3196 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3200 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3202 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3204 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3206 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3208 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3210 printf_filtered (_("\
3211 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3212 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3214 /* Hide it from the user. */
3220 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3223 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3225 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3227 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3229 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3231 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3234 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3236 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3245 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3247 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3248 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3250 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3251 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3252 struct inferior
*inf
;
3253 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3255 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3259 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3260 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3262 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3264 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3265 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3267 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3269 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3275 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3278 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3283 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3287 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3289 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3290 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3291 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3292 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3293 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3294 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3296 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3299 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3302 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3303 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3307 static struct breakpoint
*
3308 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3309 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3310 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3312 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3313 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3315 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3318 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3319 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3321 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3322 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3323 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3328 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3330 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3332 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3334 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3337 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3338 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3340 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3341 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3343 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3344 int longjmp_searched
;
3346 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3347 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3349 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3350 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3352 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3353 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3355 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3356 int exception_searched
;
3358 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3359 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3362 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3364 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3365 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3367 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3370 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3372 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3375 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3376 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3378 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3379 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3381 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3383 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3384 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3386 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3387 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3389 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3390 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3392 return bp_objfile_data
;
3396 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3398 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3400 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3401 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3405 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3407 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3408 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3410 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3412 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3413 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3416 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3418 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3421 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3423 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3425 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3426 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3428 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3429 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3432 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3435 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3436 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3438 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3439 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3441 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3443 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3444 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3448 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3449 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3452 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3456 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3458 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3459 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3461 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3463 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3465 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3467 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3469 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3472 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3473 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3475 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3477 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3479 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3483 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3486 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3487 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3489 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3491 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3492 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3493 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3497 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3498 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3501 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3504 struct probe
*probe
;
3505 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3508 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3509 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3513 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3515 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3516 get_probe_address (probe
,
3519 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3520 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3521 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3527 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3530 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3533 const char *func_name
;
3536 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3539 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3540 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3542 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3544 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3545 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3547 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3548 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3551 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3554 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3555 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3556 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3557 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3558 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3562 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3564 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3567 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3569 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3571 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3572 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3573 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3575 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3577 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3579 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3582 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3584 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3586 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3587 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3589 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3591 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3594 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3596 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3598 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3599 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3600 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3602 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3603 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3606 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3609 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3610 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3611 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3612 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3613 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3614 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3618 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3620 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3623 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3626 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3628 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3629 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3631 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3633 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3634 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3635 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3638 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3640 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3641 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3645 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3649 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3650 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3652 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3654 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3655 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3656 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3660 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3661 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3664 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3666 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3668 struct probe
*probe
;
3671 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3672 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3676 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3678 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3679 get_probe_address (probe
,
3681 bp_exception_master
,
3682 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3683 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3684 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3690 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3692 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3695 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3697 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3699 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3701 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3702 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3704 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3708 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3711 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3712 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3714 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3715 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3716 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3717 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3720 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3724 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3726 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3727 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3729 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3730 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3731 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3732 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3733 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3734 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3735 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3736 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3737 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3738 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3739 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3743 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3746 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3747 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3749 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3753 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3754 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3756 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3760 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3761 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3762 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3763 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3764 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3766 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3770 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3771 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3773 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3777 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3778 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3780 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3784 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3786 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3787 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3788 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3790 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3794 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3796 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3797 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3798 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3799 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3803 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3804 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3805 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3806 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3807 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3808 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3810 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3811 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3812 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3813 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3814 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3815 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3816 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3818 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3819 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3820 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3821 let finish_command delete it.
3823 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3824 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3825 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3826 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3827 solib breakpoints.) */
3829 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3834 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3835 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3837 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3839 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3846 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3848 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3850 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3851 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3853 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3854 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3856 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3857 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3858 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3860 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3863 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3864 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3865 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3866 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3867 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3868 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3869 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3873 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3876 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3880 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3881 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3882 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3883 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3884 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3887 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3891 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3892 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3895 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3898 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3899 This should not ever happen. */
3900 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3902 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3903 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3905 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3906 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3907 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3909 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3910 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3911 || bl
->section
== NULL
3912 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3914 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3916 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3917 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3918 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3919 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3920 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3921 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3922 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3923 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3924 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3925 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3926 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3927 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3928 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3929 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3930 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3931 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3932 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3933 they should always be removed. */
3934 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3935 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3936 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3939 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3943 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3944 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3945 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3947 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3948 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3950 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3951 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3952 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3953 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3954 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3956 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3957 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3959 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3960 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3963 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3964 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3965 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3966 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3968 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3969 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3970 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3971 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3972 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3973 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3979 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3984 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3985 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3986 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3987 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3988 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3989 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3990 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3991 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3992 always-inserted mode. */
3994 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3995 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3996 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3997 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4003 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4005 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4007 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4008 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4010 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4011 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4013 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4014 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4015 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4018 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4019 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4022 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4023 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4025 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4029 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4036 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4039 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4041 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4042 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4045 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4048 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4049 This should not ever happen. */
4050 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4052 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4054 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4056 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4058 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4062 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4065 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4067 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4069 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4070 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
4075 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4076 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4078 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4081 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4082 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4083 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4088 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4090 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4091 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4093 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4095 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4097 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4100 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4102 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4104 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4110 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4112 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4113 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4116 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4118 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4120 case bp_shlib_event
:
4122 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4123 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4124 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4125 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4126 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4128 (gdb) file prog-linux
4129 (gdb) run # native linux target
4132 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4133 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4136 case bp_step_resume
:
4138 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4140 case bp_single_step
:
4142 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4144 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4148 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4149 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4150 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4152 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4154 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4155 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4156 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4157 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4159 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4160 insert_breakpoints. */
4162 value_free (w
->val
);
4173 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4174 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4175 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4176 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4179 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4180 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4181 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4182 match, not program space. */
4184 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4185 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4186 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4187 permanent breakpoint.
4188 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4189 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4190 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4191 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4192 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4194 enum breakpoint_here
4195 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4197 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4198 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4200 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4202 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4203 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4206 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4207 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4209 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4211 if (overlay_debugging
4212 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4213 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4214 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4215 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4216 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4218 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4222 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4225 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4228 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4230 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4233 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4234 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4240 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4244 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4245 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4248 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4251 if (overlay_debugging
4252 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4253 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4254 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4261 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4264 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4266 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4267 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4269 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4271 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4273 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4274 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4277 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4283 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4287 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4290 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4291 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4295 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4297 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4300 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4307 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4310 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4313 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4314 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4316 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4318 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4320 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4323 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4331 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4332 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4334 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4336 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4338 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4340 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4341 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4344 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4347 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4348 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4352 /* Check for intersection. */
4353 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4354 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4363 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4367 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4369 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4372 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4376 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4378 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4379 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4380 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4381 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4385 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4386 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4389 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4406 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4407 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4410 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4414 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4419 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4421 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4422 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4423 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4424 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4425 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4427 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4428 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4432 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4442 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4445 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4450 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4452 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4458 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4461 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4463 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4465 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4467 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4469 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4474 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4483 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4484 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4485 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4486 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4488 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4489 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4491 Return 1 otherwise. */
4494 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4496 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4499 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4501 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4502 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4503 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4504 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4505 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4507 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4509 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4513 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4516 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4518 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4521 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4524 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4528 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4530 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4532 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4534 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4540 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4543 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4545 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4547 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4549 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4550 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4551 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4552 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4553 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4557 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4560 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4563 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4565 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4568 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4569 or its equivalent. */
4572 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4574 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4577 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4578 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4579 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4580 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4582 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4583 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4584 bpstat of the current thread. */
4587 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4590 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4593 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4595 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4598 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4599 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4601 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4603 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4606 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4607 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4609 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4610 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4611 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4613 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4615 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4616 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4617 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4618 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4619 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4620 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4621 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4622 the tree when we're done. */
4623 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4624 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4625 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4626 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4627 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4629 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4635 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4637 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4643 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4644 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4646 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4648 if (interpreter_async
&& target_can_async_p ())
4649 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4650 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4651 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4654 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4655 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4656 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4657 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4658 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4659 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4660 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4661 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4662 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4663 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4664 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4665 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4666 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4671 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4676 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4678 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4680 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4681 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4682 && target_has_execution
4683 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4684 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4685 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4686 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4687 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4688 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4689 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4692 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4695 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4698 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4701 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4704 struct value_print_options opts
;
4705 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4706 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4710 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4711 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4712 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4713 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4716 static enum print_stop_action
4717 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4719 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4722 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4723 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4727 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4728 relevant messages. */
4729 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4732 case print_it_normal
:
4734 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4736 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4737 which has since been deleted. */
4739 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4741 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4742 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4747 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4748 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4753 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4756 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4759 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4761 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4765 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4766 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4767 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4769 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4770 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4771 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4774 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4775 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4776 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4780 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4784 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4785 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4788 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4793 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4794 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4795 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4798 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4803 struct so_list
*iter
;
4805 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4807 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4808 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4811 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4816 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4817 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4818 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4821 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4825 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4826 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4827 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4828 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4829 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4830 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4831 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4834 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4835 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4836 code to print the location. An example is
4837 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4839 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4840 to also print the location part of the message.
4841 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4842 don't require a location appended to the end.
4843 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4844 further info to be printed. */
4846 enum print_stop_action
4847 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4851 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4852 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4853 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4854 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4855 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4857 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4858 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4859 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4860 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4864 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4865 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4866 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4867 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4869 print_solib_event (0);
4870 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4873 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4874 with and nothing was printed. */
4875 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4878 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4879 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4880 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4881 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4882 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4883 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4886 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4888 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4889 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4891 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4895 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4898 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4902 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4904 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4905 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4906 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4907 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4908 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4909 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4910 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4912 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4916 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4917 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4920 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4922 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4926 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4928 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4929 as not triggered. */
4931 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4933 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4935 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4941 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4943 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4944 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4946 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4948 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4950 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4956 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4957 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4961 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4963 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4964 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4966 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4967 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4969 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4971 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4972 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4974 if (newaddr
== start
)
4976 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4980 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4981 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4985 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4994 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4995 because of check_errors). */
4996 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4997 #define WP_DELETED 1
4998 /* The value has changed. */
4999 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5000 /* The value has not changed. */
5001 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5002 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5005 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5006 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5008 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5011 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5012 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5015 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5017 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5018 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5019 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5020 int within_current_scope
;
5022 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5023 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5024 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5026 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5027 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5028 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5029 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5032 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5033 within_current_scope
= 1;
5036 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5037 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5038 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5040 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5041 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5042 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5043 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5044 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5045 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5046 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5047 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5048 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5049 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5052 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5053 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5055 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5056 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5057 if (within_current_scope
)
5059 struct symbol
*function
;
5061 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5062 if (function
== NULL
5063 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5064 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5065 within_current_scope
= 0;
5068 if (within_current_scope
)
5069 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5070 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5075 if (within_current_scope
)
5077 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5078 time before we return to the command level and call
5079 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5080 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5084 struct value
*new_val
;
5086 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5087 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5088 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5089 a mask watchpoint. */
5090 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5092 mark
= value_mark ();
5093 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5095 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5096 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5098 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5099 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5100 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5101 not what we want. */
5102 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5103 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5105 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5107 release_value (new_val
);
5108 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5110 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5113 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5117 /* Nothing changed. */
5118 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5119 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5124 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5126 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5127 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5128 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5129 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5130 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5131 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5132 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5133 the first value assigned). */
5134 /* We print all the stop information in
5135 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5136 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5137 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5139 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5141 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5142 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5143 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5145 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5146 which its expression is valid.\n");
5148 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5149 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5150 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5156 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5157 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5158 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5161 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5162 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5163 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5165 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5167 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5168 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5170 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5173 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5174 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5177 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5179 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5180 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5182 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5183 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5184 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5185 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5186 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5189 int must_check_value
= 0;
5191 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5192 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5194 must_check_value
= 1;
5195 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5196 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5197 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5199 must_check_value
= 1;
5200 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5201 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5202 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5203 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5204 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5205 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5206 must_check_value
= 1;
5208 if (must_check_value
)
5211 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5213 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5214 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5216 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5220 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5221 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5225 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5228 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5229 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5231 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5233 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5234 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5235 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5236 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5237 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5238 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5239 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5242 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5243 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5246 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5247 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5248 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5249 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5251 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5252 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5253 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5256 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5257 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5258 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5259 changes. This still gives false positives when
5260 the program writes the same value to memory as
5261 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5262 it for a read), but it's much better than
5265 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5267 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5269 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5271 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5272 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5273 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5275 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5276 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5278 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5279 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5281 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5287 if (other_write_watchpoint
5288 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5290 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5291 and the value changed since the last time we
5292 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5294 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5299 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5300 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5301 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5303 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5304 the value hasn't changed. */
5305 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5313 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5314 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5315 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5316 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5317 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5321 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5323 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5324 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5325 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5326 anything for this watchpoint. */
5327 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5333 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5334 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5335 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5336 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5339 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5341 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5342 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5343 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5344 struct expression
*cond
;
5346 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5348 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5349 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5350 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5351 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5352 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5354 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5355 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5356 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5358 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5359 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5365 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5366 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5368 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5369 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5376 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5378 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5380 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5382 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5389 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5391 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5392 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5394 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5395 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5396 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5397 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5399 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5401 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5402 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5406 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5407 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5408 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5409 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5410 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5412 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5413 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5416 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5418 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5419 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5420 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5421 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5422 really matter which instantiation of the function
5423 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5424 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5425 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5426 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5427 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5428 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5429 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5430 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5432 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5434 select_frame (frame
);
5436 within_current_scope
= 0;
5438 if (within_current_scope
)
5440 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5441 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5445 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5446 "in the current scope"));
5447 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5448 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5451 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5452 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5455 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5459 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5463 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5465 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5469 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5470 on the current target. */
5473 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5475 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5476 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5477 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5478 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5482 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5483 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5485 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5486 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5489 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5491 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5493 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5494 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5495 several reasons concurrently.)
5497 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5498 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5501 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5502 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5503 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5505 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5506 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5507 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5508 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5509 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5510 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5513 int need_remove_insert
;
5516 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5517 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5518 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5519 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5520 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5521 inferior function calls. */
5525 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5528 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5530 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5531 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5532 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5533 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5534 checked all locations already. */
5535 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5538 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5541 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5544 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5547 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5550 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5551 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5552 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5556 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5557 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5558 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5560 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5562 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5564 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5569 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5570 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5571 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5573 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5575 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5576 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5578 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5579 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5582 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5587 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5588 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5589 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5591 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5593 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5595 handle_solib_event ();
5600 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5601 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5602 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5606 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5611 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5612 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5615 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5620 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5622 /* We will stop here. */
5623 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5625 --(b
->enable_count
);
5626 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5627 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5632 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5633 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5634 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5635 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5638 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5643 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5645 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5646 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5649 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5650 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5651 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5653 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5654 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5655 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5657 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5658 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5660 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5662 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5663 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5666 if (need_remove_insert
)
5667 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5668 else if (removed_any
)
5669 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5675 handle_jit_event (void)
5677 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5678 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5680 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5681 breakpoint_re_set. */
5682 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5684 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5685 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5687 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5689 target_terminal_inferior ();
5692 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5694 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5697 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5699 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5703 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5704 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5705 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5707 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5709 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5710 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5711 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5714 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5716 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5717 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5721 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5728 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5729 case bp_single_step
:
5732 case bp_shlib_event
:
5736 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5738 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5741 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5744 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5745 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5746 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5750 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5752 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5756 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5757 This requires no further action. */
5761 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5763 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5764 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5766 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5767 case bp_exception_resume
:
5768 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5769 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5771 case bp_step_resume
:
5773 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5776 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5777 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5780 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5782 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5785 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5786 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5789 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5790 case bp_thread_event
:
5791 case bp_overlay_event
:
5792 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5793 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5794 case bp_exception_master
:
5795 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5801 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5803 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5807 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5808 This requires no further action. */
5813 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5816 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5817 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5818 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5819 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5821 case bp_std_terminate
:
5822 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5823 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5824 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5825 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5828 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5829 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5830 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5831 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5833 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5834 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5836 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5837 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5838 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5840 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5841 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5842 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5843 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5848 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5850 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5854 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5855 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5858 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5861 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5862 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5867 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5869 handle_jit_event ();
5872 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5874 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5880 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5881 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5883 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5884 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5892 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5893 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5894 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5897 bpstat_should_step (void)
5899 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5902 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5908 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5910 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5919 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5920 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5921 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5924 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5926 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5927 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5931 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5933 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5935 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5936 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5937 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5942 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5948 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5949 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5951 "host": Host evals condition.
5952 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5953 "target": Target evals condition.
5957 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5959 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5960 char host_evals
= 0;
5961 char target_evals
= 0;
5966 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5969 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5970 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5971 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5973 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5975 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5981 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5982 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5983 else if (target_evals
)
5984 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5986 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5989 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5990 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5993 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5995 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5998 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5999 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6000 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6002 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6003 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6005 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6008 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6011 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6012 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6014 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6015 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6017 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6021 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6023 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6024 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
6025 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6028 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6031 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6032 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6033 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6034 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6035 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6036 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6038 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6039 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6040 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6042 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6043 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6044 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6046 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6050 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6051 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6053 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6055 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6057 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6060 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6062 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6063 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6064 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6066 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6067 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6068 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6069 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6072 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6076 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6078 struct ep_type_description
6083 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6085 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6086 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6087 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6088 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6089 {bp_until
, "until"},
6090 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6091 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6092 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6093 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6094 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6095 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6096 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6097 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6098 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6099 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6100 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6101 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6102 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6103 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6104 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6105 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6106 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6107 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6108 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6109 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6110 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6111 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6112 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6113 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6114 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6115 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6116 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6117 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6118 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6121 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6122 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6123 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6124 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6127 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6130 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6131 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6134 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6135 const char *field_name
,
6139 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6140 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6144 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6145 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6146 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6149 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6151 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6157 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6158 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6163 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6165 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6167 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6171 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6174 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6177 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6178 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6180 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6183 struct command_line
*l
;
6184 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6186 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6187 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6188 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6189 struct value_print_options opts
;
6191 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6193 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6194 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6195 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6198 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6199 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6207 if (part_of_multiple
)
6210 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6211 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6216 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6221 if (part_of_multiple
)
6222 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6224 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6228 if (part_of_multiple
)
6229 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6231 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6236 if (part_of_multiple
)
6237 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6239 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6240 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6241 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6245 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6247 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6248 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6249 make sure there's just one location. */
6250 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6251 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6257 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6258 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6262 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6263 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6264 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6266 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6268 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6269 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6270 is relatively readable). */
6271 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6272 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6274 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6279 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6280 case bp_single_step
:
6284 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6285 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6287 case bp_exception_resume
:
6288 case bp_step_resume
:
6289 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6290 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6292 case bp_std_terminate
:
6293 case bp_shlib_event
:
6294 case bp_thread_event
:
6295 case bp_overlay_event
:
6296 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6297 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6298 case bp_exception_master
:
6300 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6301 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6304 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6305 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6306 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6309 if (header_of_multiple
)
6310 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6311 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6312 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6314 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6315 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6318 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6319 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6326 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6328 struct inferior
*inf
;
6329 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6334 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6335 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6338 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6339 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6341 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6342 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6343 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6344 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6345 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6346 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6348 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6349 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6352 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6354 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6356 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6357 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6358 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6359 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6361 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6363 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6364 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6368 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6370 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6371 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6373 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6376 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6377 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6379 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6380 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6381 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6384 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6387 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6388 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6390 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6391 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6393 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6394 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6395 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6396 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6397 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6399 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6400 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6401 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6402 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6404 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6407 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6409 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6410 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6411 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6412 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6415 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6419 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6420 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6421 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6422 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6423 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6425 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6426 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6427 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6428 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6429 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6431 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6435 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6436 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6437 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6441 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6444 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6445 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6446 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6449 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6450 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6451 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6452 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6455 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6456 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6457 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6458 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6459 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6462 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6463 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6466 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6468 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6470 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6472 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6473 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6474 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6478 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6479 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6481 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6484 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6485 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6486 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6489 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6491 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6493 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6495 annotate_field (10);
6496 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6497 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6498 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6501 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6503 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6505 annotate_field (11);
6507 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6508 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6509 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6513 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6515 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6516 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6521 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6523 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6525 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6527 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6529 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6530 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6535 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6536 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6539 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6540 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6542 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6544 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6545 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6547 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6548 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6549 locations, if any. */
6550 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6552 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6553 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6554 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6557 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6558 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6560 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6561 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6563 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6566 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6568 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6569 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6570 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6571 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6578 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6580 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6581 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6583 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6587 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6588 an address to print. */
6589 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6592 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6593 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6594 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6597 return print_address_bits
;
6600 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6606 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6608 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6609 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6610 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6614 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6616 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6624 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6625 char **error_message
)
6627 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6630 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6632 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6633 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6639 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6640 internal or momentary. */
6643 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6645 return b
->number
> 0;
6648 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6649 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6650 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6651 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6652 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6653 breakpoints listed. */
6656 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6657 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6660 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6661 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6662 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6663 struct value_print_options opts
;
6664 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6665 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6666 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6668 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6670 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6671 required for address fields. */
6672 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6675 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6676 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6679 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6680 accept. Skip the others. */
6681 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6683 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6685 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6689 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6691 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6693 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6694 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6695 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6697 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6698 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6699 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6701 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6705 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6707 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6708 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6712 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6713 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6716 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6717 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6718 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6720 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6721 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6723 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6724 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6725 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6727 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6728 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6730 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6731 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6733 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6735 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6736 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6737 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6739 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6740 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6742 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6744 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6745 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6746 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6747 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6752 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6753 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6756 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6757 accept. Skip the others. */
6759 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6761 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6763 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6766 else /* all others */
6768 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6772 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6774 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6775 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6778 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6780 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6782 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6786 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6787 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6789 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6790 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6796 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6797 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6800 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6801 there have been breakpoints? */
6802 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6804 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6807 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6808 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6811 default_collect_info (void)
6813 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6815 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6816 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6818 if (!*default_collect
)
6821 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6823 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6824 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6825 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6829 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6831 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6833 default_collect_info ();
6837 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6839 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6840 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6842 if (num_printed
== 0)
6844 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6845 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6847 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6852 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6854 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6856 default_collect_info ();
6860 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6861 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6862 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6864 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6866 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6868 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6869 && bl
->address
== pc
6870 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6876 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6877 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6881 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6882 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6883 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6886 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6889 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6890 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6894 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6895 else /* if (others == ???) */
6896 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6898 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6901 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6902 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6903 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6904 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6905 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6906 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6907 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6908 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6912 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6914 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6915 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6916 printf_filtered (".\n");
6921 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6922 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6923 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6924 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6926 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6927 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6928 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6929 breakpoint at address zero:
6937 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6939 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6941 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6944 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6945 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6948 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6949 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6951 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6952 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6954 /* Both of them must exist. */
6955 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6956 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6958 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6959 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6960 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6961 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6962 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6963 other watchpoint. */
6965 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6967 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6970 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6972 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6976 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6977 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6978 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6979 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6980 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6981 become hw_access locations later. */
6982 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6983 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6984 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6985 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6988 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6991 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6992 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6994 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6995 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6999 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7000 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7001 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7002 space doesn't really matter. */
7005 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7006 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7009 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7010 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7011 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7014 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7015 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7016 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7017 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7020 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7021 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7024 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7027 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7028 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7032 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7033 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7034 true, otherwise returns false. */
7037 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7038 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7040 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7041 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7042 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7043 different locations. */
7044 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7049 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7050 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7051 represent the same location. */
7054 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7055 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7057 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7059 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7060 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7061 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7063 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7064 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7066 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7069 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7070 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7071 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7073 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7074 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7075 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7076 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7080 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7081 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7083 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7084 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7088 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7089 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7091 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7092 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7094 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7097 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7098 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7099 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7100 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7103 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7104 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7106 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7108 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7111 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7112 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7113 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7114 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7115 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7117 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7118 have their addresses modified. */
7121 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7123 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7124 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7125 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7126 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7127 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7128 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7133 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7135 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7136 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7137 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7139 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7140 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7142 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7143 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7145 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7150 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7151 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7153 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7155 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7160 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7161 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7164 switch (owner
->type
)
7167 case bp_single_step
:
7171 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7172 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7174 case bp_exception_resume
:
7175 case bp_step_resume
:
7176 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7177 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7179 case bp_std_terminate
:
7180 case bp_shlib_event
:
7181 case bp_thread_event
:
7182 case bp_overlay_event
:
7184 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7185 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7186 case bp_exception_master
:
7187 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7188 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7190 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7191 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7193 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7194 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7195 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7197 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7198 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7199 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7200 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7205 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7206 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7207 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7210 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7216 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7218 static struct bp_location
*
7219 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7221 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7225 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7227 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7231 /* Increment reference count. */
7234 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7239 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7240 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7243 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7245 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7247 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7248 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7252 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7255 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7257 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7259 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7260 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7262 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7264 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7273 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7276 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7277 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7279 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7281 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7283 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7287 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7288 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7289 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7291 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7294 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7296 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7297 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7298 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7299 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7302 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7303 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7305 static struct breakpoint
*
7306 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7308 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7310 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7312 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7313 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7317 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7318 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7322 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7324 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7326 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7327 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7328 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7331 const char *function_name
;
7332 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7334 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7335 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7337 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7339 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7341 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7342 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7343 &loc
->requested_address
))
7345 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7346 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7347 loc
->requested_address
,
7350 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7351 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7353 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7354 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7355 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7356 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7358 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7363 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7367 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7369 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7372 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7374 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7379 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7380 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7381 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7383 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7384 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7385 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7388 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7389 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7390 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7392 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7394 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7396 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7397 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7399 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7400 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7402 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7403 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7406 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7407 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7408 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7409 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7410 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7411 is also returned as the value of this function.
7413 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7414 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7415 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7416 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7417 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7418 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7419 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7422 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7423 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7424 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7426 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7428 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7429 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7434 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7435 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7437 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7439 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7441 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7442 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7443 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7444 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7445 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7446 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7453 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7454 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7455 initiated the operation. */
7458 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7460 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7461 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7463 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7464 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7465 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7466 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7468 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7469 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7470 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7472 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7473 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7475 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7476 after their removal. */
7477 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7478 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7479 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7482 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7485 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7487 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7489 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7492 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7494 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7495 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7500 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7502 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7505 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7507 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7508 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7512 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7513 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7514 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7518 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7520 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7523 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7525 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7527 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7528 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7530 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7532 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7534 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7537 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7538 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7539 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7540 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7546 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7547 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7550 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7551 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7555 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7557 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7559 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7560 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7562 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7564 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7565 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7566 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7567 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7570 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7572 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7574 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7575 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7576 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7578 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7583 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7585 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7588 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7590 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7591 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7592 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7597 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7599 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7602 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7604 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7605 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7606 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7610 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7611 master breakpoint. */
7613 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7615 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7618 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7619 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7621 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7622 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7626 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7628 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7630 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7633 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7634 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7638 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7640 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7642 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7643 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7645 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7646 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7648 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7650 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7656 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7658 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7660 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7661 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7662 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7663 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7666 struct lang_and_radix
7672 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7675 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7677 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7679 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7680 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7681 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7685 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7688 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7690 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7692 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7693 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7694 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7695 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7699 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7701 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7703 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7704 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7705 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7706 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7709 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7712 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7714 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7716 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7717 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7718 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7719 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7722 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7723 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7724 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7726 static struct breakpoint
*
7727 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7728 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7732 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7733 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7734 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7739 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7741 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7744 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7747 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7749 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7751 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7753 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7754 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7756 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7762 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7763 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7766 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7768 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7770 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7772 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7773 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7775 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7776 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7777 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7778 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7779 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7780 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7781 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7782 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7783 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7784 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7785 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7786 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7789 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7794 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7795 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7796 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7799 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7801 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7802 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7804 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7805 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7806 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7807 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7808 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7809 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7812 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7814 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7815 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7817 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7818 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7819 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7820 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7821 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7822 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7823 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7824 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7825 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7827 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7828 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7829 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7830 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7833 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7834 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7836 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7838 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7839 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7840 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7843 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7848 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7849 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7850 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7853 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7855 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7857 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7860 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7861 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7862 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7863 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7864 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7865 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7866 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7867 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7868 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7869 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7871 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7872 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7877 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7878 int bp_modified
= 0;
7880 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7883 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7885 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7887 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7888 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7891 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7894 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7897 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7898 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7901 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7903 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7904 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7905 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7906 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7907 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7910 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7917 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7921 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7923 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7924 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7925 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7926 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7927 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7929 struct fork_catchpoint
7931 /* The base class. */
7932 struct breakpoint base
;
7934 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7935 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7936 catchpoint has triggered. */
7937 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7940 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7944 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7946 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7949 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7953 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7955 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7958 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7962 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7963 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7964 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7966 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7968 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7971 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7975 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7978 static enum print_stop_action
7979 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7981 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7982 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7983 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7985 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7986 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7987 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7989 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7990 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7992 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7993 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7994 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7996 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7997 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7998 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7999 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8000 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8003 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8007 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8009 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8010 struct value_print_options opts
;
8011 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8013 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8015 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8016 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8018 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8019 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8021 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8022 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8024 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8025 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8026 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8027 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8031 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8034 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8038 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8040 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8043 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8047 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8049 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8050 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8053 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8055 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8057 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8061 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8063 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8066 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8070 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8072 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8075 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8079 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8080 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8081 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8083 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8085 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8088 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8092 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8095 static enum print_stop_action
8096 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8098 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8099 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8100 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8102 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8103 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8104 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8106 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8107 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8109 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8110 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8111 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8113 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8114 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8115 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8116 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8117 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8120 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8124 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8126 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8127 struct value_print_options opts
;
8128 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8130 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8131 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8132 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8134 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8135 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8138 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8140 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8141 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8142 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8143 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8146 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8147 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8150 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8154 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8156 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8159 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8163 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8165 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8166 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8169 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8171 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8173 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8174 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8175 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8176 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8177 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8179 struct solib_catchpoint
8181 /* The base class. */
8182 struct breakpoint base
;
8184 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8185 unsigned char is_load
;
8187 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8188 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8194 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8196 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8199 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8200 xfree (self
->regex
);
8202 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8206 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8212 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8218 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8219 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8221 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8223 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8224 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8226 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8229 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8231 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8233 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8236 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8239 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8242 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8244 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8253 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8255 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8256 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8261 struct so_list
*iter
;
8264 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8269 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8278 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8283 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8289 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8292 static enum print_stop_action
8293 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8295 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8296 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8298 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8299 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8300 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8302 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8303 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8304 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8305 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8306 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8307 print_solib_event (1);
8308 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8312 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8314 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8315 struct value_print_options opts
;
8316 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8319 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8320 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8321 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8323 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8326 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8333 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8335 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8340 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8342 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8344 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8347 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8348 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8349 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8353 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8355 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8357 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8358 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8362 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8364 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8366 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8367 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8368 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8370 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8371 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8374 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8376 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8377 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8378 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8379 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8380 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8381 created in an enabled state. */
8384 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8386 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8387 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8388 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8392 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8394 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8395 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8401 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8404 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8406 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8407 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8409 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8412 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8413 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8414 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8416 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8418 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8419 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8422 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8426 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8427 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8430 const int enabled
= 1;
8432 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8434 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8438 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8439 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8441 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8445 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8446 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8448 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8451 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8452 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8453 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8454 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8457 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8458 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8460 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8462 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8465 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8467 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8469 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8470 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8474 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8476 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8477 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8478 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8479 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8482 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8485 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8489 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8490 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8491 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8493 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8495 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8497 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8499 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8502 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8504 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8505 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8506 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8507 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8508 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8510 struct exec_catchpoint
8512 /* The base class. */
8513 struct breakpoint base
;
8515 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8516 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8518 char *exec_pathname
;
8521 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8525 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8527 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8529 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8531 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8535 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8537 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8541 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8543 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8547 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8548 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8549 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8551 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8553 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8556 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8560 static enum print_stop_action
8561 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8563 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8564 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8565 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8567 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8568 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8569 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8571 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8572 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8574 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8575 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8576 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8578 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8579 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8580 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8581 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8583 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8587 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8589 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8590 struct value_print_options opts
;
8591 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8593 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8595 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8596 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8597 is relatively readable). */
8598 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8599 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8601 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8602 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8604 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8605 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8606 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8609 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8610 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8614 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8616 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8619 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8623 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8625 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8626 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8629 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8632 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8635 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8636 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8640 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8641 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8643 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8645 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8652 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8656 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8659 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8661 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8664 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8666 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8668 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8674 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8675 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8676 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8677 types _not_ TYPE. */
8680 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8681 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8684 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8686 *other_type_used
= 0;
8691 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8694 if (b
->type
== type
)
8695 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8696 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8697 *other_type_used
= 1;
8704 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8706 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8710 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8712 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8713 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8719 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8721 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8725 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8727 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8728 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8734 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8736 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8737 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8741 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8743 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8744 breakpoint_re_set ();
8747 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8750 static struct breakpoint
*
8751 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8753 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8755 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8756 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8758 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8759 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8762 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8764 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8769 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8770 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8774 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8775 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8777 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8779 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8781 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8783 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8784 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8785 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8786 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8788 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8789 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8791 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8792 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8794 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8799 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8800 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8801 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8803 static struct breakpoint
*
8804 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8806 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8809 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8811 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8812 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8813 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8815 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8816 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8817 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8818 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8819 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8820 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8821 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8822 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8823 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8824 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8825 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8826 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8828 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8829 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8830 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8832 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8836 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8840 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8842 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8846 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8850 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8853 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8855 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8857 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8858 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8860 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8864 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8867 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8869 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8870 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8872 printf_filtered ("\n");
8876 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8878 static struct bp_location
*
8879 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8880 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8882 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8883 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8884 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8886 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8887 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8889 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8890 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8891 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8892 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8893 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8894 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8895 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8898 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8899 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8900 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8901 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8906 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8907 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8908 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8909 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8910 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8911 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8912 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8913 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8914 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8915 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8917 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8918 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8920 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8930 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8933 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8937 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8938 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8939 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8943 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8945 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8949 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8951 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8952 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8953 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8954 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8956 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8957 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8960 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8965 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8966 return 0 otherwise. */
8969 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8971 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8974 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8976 /* bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations are usually memory locations
8977 where GDB just wrote a breakpoint instruction, making it look
8978 as if there is a permanent breakpoint at that location. Considering
8979 it permanent makes GDB rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop
8980 the program, thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint
8981 there. This is normally expected to work, except that some versions
8982 of QEMU (Eg: QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC) just report a fatal problem (Trap
8983 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state) instead of reporting
8984 a SIGTRAP. QEMU should probably be fixed, but in the interest of
8985 compatibility with versions that behave this way, we always consider
8986 bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations as non-permanent. */
8987 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_call_dummy
)
8990 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8991 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8993 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8995 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9000 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9001 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9004 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9006 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9007 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9012 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9014 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9016 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9018 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9020 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9021 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9023 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9024 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9025 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9027 if (!dprintf_function
)
9028 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9030 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9031 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9036 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9040 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9042 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9043 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9046 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9047 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9051 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9052 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9054 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9055 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9057 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9058 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9060 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9061 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9062 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9063 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9064 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9066 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9070 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9071 current style settings. */
9074 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9075 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9077 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9081 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9082 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9086 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9087 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9088 as condition expression. */
9091 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9092 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9093 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9095 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9096 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9097 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9098 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9099 int display_canonical
)
9103 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9105 int target_resources_ok
;
9107 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9108 target_resources_ok
=
9109 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9111 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9112 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9113 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9114 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9117 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9119 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9121 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9122 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9126 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9128 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9130 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9131 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9136 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9140 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9141 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9142 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9143 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9144 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9146 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9147 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9149 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9151 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9152 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9154 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9156 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9157 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9158 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9162 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9164 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9166 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9167 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9169 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9171 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9173 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9175 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9176 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9178 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9180 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9183 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9184 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9191 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9192 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9198 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9200 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9201 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9203 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9206 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9207 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9208 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9210 if (b
->extra_string
)
9211 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9213 error (_("Format string required"));
9215 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9216 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9219 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9221 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9223 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9226 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9231 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9232 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9233 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9235 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9236 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9237 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9238 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9239 int display_canonical
)
9241 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9242 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9244 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9246 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9248 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9252 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9254 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9256 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9258 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9260 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9262 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9264 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9266 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9269 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9270 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9271 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9272 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9273 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9274 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9275 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9276 we take just a single condition string.
9278 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9279 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9280 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9281 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9282 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9285 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9286 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9287 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9288 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9289 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9290 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9291 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9294 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9296 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9297 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9299 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9301 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9302 'break', without arguments. */
9303 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9304 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9306 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9307 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9309 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9310 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9313 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9315 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9316 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9317 canonical
->special_display
);
9318 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9322 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9323 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9324 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9325 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9327 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9328 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9331 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9332 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9334 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9336 if ((*address
) == NULL
|| linespec_lexer_lex_keyword (*address
))
9338 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9340 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9342 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9343 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9346 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9347 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9348 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9350 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9351 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9352 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9353 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9354 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9355 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9357 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9359 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9360 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9361 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9362 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9363 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9365 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9367 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9368 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9369 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9371 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9374 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9378 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9380 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9381 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9382 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9383 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9385 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9386 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9387 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9389 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9390 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9391 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9392 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9393 get_last_displayed_line (),
9394 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9396 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9397 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9402 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9403 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9406 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9410 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9411 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9414 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9415 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9416 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9417 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9418 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9422 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9423 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9426 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9428 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9430 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9432 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9434 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9436 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9437 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9438 associated with SAL. */
9441 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9443 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9446 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9447 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9449 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9453 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9455 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9456 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9458 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9461 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9462 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9463 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9464 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9465 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9466 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9469 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9470 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9473 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9480 const char *end_tok
;
9482 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9483 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9485 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9487 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9489 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9493 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9495 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9497 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9499 struct expression
*expr
;
9501 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9502 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9505 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9507 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9512 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9514 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9515 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9516 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9519 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9524 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9526 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9527 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9528 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9533 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9537 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9541 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9543 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9544 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9546 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9547 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9548 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9549 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9554 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9556 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9558 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9559 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9561 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9562 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9563 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9565 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9566 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9568 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9570 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9572 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9574 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9576 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9577 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9579 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9582 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9588 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9589 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9590 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9591 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9592 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9593 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9594 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9595 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9596 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9597 was created; false otherwise. */
9600 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9601 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9602 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9604 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9606 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9607 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9608 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9611 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9612 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9613 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9614 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9615 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9618 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9620 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9622 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9626 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9627 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9629 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9631 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9633 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9635 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9638 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9639 throw_exception (e
);
9641 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9643 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9644 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9645 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9646 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9647 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9650 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9651 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9652 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9653 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9655 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9657 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9658 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9659 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9660 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9661 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9663 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9667 throw_exception (e
);
9671 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9674 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9675 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9677 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9678 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9679 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9680 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9681 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9683 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9684 are ok for the target. */
9688 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9690 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9691 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9694 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9695 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9698 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9700 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9701 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9704 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9705 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9712 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9714 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9716 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9717 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9718 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9719 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9721 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9722 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9724 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9726 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9728 extra_string
= rest
;
9733 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9735 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9738 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9739 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9741 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9744 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9745 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9749 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9750 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9751 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9752 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9753 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9757 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9759 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9761 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9763 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9765 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9769 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9771 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9773 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9775 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9778 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9781 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9782 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9784 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9787 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9788 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9789 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9790 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9791 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9792 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9793 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9794 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9796 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9799 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9801 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9802 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9803 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9806 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9808 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9809 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9810 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9812 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9813 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9818 /* Set a breakpoint.
9819 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9820 condition, and thread.
9821 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9822 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9826 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9828 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9829 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9830 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9832 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9833 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9835 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9836 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9837 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9839 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9841 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9843 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9844 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9845 0 /* Ignore count */,
9846 pending_break_support
,
9854 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9857 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9861 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9863 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9864 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9865 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9868 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9869 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9870 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9871 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9874 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9876 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9877 const struct block
*b
;
9880 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9881 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9884 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9887 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9888 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9893 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9894 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9895 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9896 happen in assembly source). */
9898 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9899 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9901 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9903 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9905 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9907 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9914 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9916 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9920 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9922 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9926 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9928 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9932 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9934 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9938 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9940 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9941 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9942 stop at <line>\n"));
9946 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9950 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9952 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9957 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9958 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9959 function/method name. */
9960 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9962 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9967 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9969 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9973 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9975 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9979 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9983 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9990 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9991 it is probably a line number. */
9992 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9994 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9999 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10001 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10005 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10007 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10010 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10011 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10012 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10016 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10018 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10020 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10022 0 /* Ignore count */,
10023 pending_break_support
,
10024 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10032 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10034 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10037 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10038 ranged breakpoints. */
10041 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10042 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10044 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10046 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10047 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10050 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10051 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10054 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10055 ranged breakpoints. */
10058 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10060 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10063 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10064 ranged breakpoints. */
10066 static enum print_stop_action
10067 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10069 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10070 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10071 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10073 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10075 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10076 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10078 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10079 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10080 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10082 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10083 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10085 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10086 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10087 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10089 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10090 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10092 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10095 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10096 ranged breakpoints. */
10099 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10100 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10102 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10103 struct value_print_options opts
;
10104 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10106 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10107 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10109 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10111 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10112 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10113 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10114 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10115 annotate_field (5);
10116 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10120 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10121 ranged breakpoints. */
10124 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10125 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10127 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10128 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10129 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10130 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10134 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10135 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10138 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10139 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10140 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10141 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10142 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10144 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10147 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10148 ranged breakpoints. */
10151 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10153 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10154 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10157 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10159 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10162 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10163 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10164 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10167 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10168 ranged breakpoints. */
10171 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10173 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10174 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10175 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10178 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10180 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10182 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10183 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10184 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10185 last instruction of the given line. */
10188 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10192 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10193 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10194 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10201 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10203 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10205 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10212 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10215 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10217 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10218 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10219 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10221 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10222 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10223 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10224 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10226 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10227 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10228 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10230 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10231 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10232 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10234 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10235 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10237 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10238 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10239 error(_("No address range specified."));
10241 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10244 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10246 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10249 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10250 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10251 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10253 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10255 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10256 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10257 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10259 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10260 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10261 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10263 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10264 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10266 /* Parse the end location. */
10268 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10271 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10272 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10273 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10274 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10275 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10276 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10277 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10278 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10280 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10282 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10283 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10285 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10286 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10287 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10288 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10290 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10291 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10292 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10294 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10295 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10296 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10298 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10300 /* Length overflowed. */
10301 error (_("Address range too large."));
10302 else if (length
== 1)
10304 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10305 the `hbreak' command. */
10306 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10308 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10313 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10314 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10315 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10316 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10317 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10318 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10319 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10320 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10321 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10323 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10326 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10327 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10330 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10331 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10332 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10336 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10338 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10344 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10345 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10348 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10358 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10359 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10360 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10361 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10362 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10364 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10391 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10394 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10395 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10400 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10401 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10402 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10403 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10404 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10405 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10406 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10408 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10409 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10414 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10416 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10417 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10418 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10419 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10421 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10422 are always constant. */
10424 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10426 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10427 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10428 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10433 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10434 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10435 then it is not a constant. */
10444 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10447 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10449 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10451 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10453 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10454 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10455 value_free (w
->val
);
10457 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10460 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10463 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10465 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10467 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10468 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10470 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10471 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10472 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10473 are loaded and unloaded.
10475 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10476 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10477 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10478 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10479 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10480 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10482 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10483 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10484 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10485 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10487 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10488 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10490 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10491 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10492 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10495 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10498 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10500 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10501 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10503 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10507 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10510 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10512 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10513 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10515 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10520 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10521 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10522 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10524 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10525 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10527 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10528 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10529 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10530 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10531 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10532 (did not match the data address). */
10533 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10534 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10541 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10543 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10545 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10548 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10549 hardware watchpoints. */
10552 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10554 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10555 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10557 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10560 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10561 hardware watchpoints. */
10564 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10566 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10567 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10570 static enum print_stop_action
10571 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10573 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10574 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10575 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10576 enum print_stop_action result
;
10577 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10578 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10580 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10582 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10583 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10585 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10586 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10590 case bp_watchpoint
:
10591 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10592 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10593 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10594 ui_out_field_string
10596 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10598 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10599 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10600 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10601 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10602 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10603 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10604 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10605 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10606 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10607 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10610 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10611 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10612 ui_out_field_string
10614 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10616 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10617 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10618 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10619 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10620 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10621 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10624 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10625 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10627 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10628 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10629 ui_out_field_string
10631 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10633 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10634 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10635 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10636 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10637 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10642 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10643 ui_out_field_string
10645 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10646 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10647 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10649 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10650 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10651 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10652 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10655 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10658 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10662 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10666 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10668 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10669 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10670 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10674 case bp_watchpoint
:
10675 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10676 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10678 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10679 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10680 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10682 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10683 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10684 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10686 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10687 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10688 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10691 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10692 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10695 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10696 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10697 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10698 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10701 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10705 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10707 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10711 case bp_watchpoint
:
10712 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10713 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10715 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10716 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10718 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10719 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10722 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10723 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10727 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10730 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10734 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10736 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10737 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10738 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10744 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10746 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10748 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10749 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10752 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10754 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10756 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10757 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10760 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10761 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10764 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10766 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10768 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10769 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10772 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10773 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10776 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10778 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10780 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10783 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10784 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10787 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10792 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10793 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10795 static enum print_stop_action
10796 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10798 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10799 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10801 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10802 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10806 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10807 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10808 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10809 ui_out_field_string
10811 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10814 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10815 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10816 ui_out_field_string
10818 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10821 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10822 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10823 ui_out_field_string
10825 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10828 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10829 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10833 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10834 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10835 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10836 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10838 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10839 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10842 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10843 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10846 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10847 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10849 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10851 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10852 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10854 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10855 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10856 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10859 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10860 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10863 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10865 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10866 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10867 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10871 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10872 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10873 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10875 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10876 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10877 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10879 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10880 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10881 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10884 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10885 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10888 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10889 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10890 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10891 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10894 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10895 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10898 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10900 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10905 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10906 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10908 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10909 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10911 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10912 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10915 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10916 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10919 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10921 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10924 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10926 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10928 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10931 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10933 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10936 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10937 hw_read: watch read,
10938 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10940 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10941 int just_location
, int internal
)
10943 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10944 struct expression
*exp
;
10945 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10946 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10947 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10948 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10949 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10950 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10951 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10953 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10954 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10955 enum bptype bp_type
;
10958 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10959 the hardware watchpoint. */
10961 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10962 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10964 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10966 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10967 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10969 const char *value_start
;
10971 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10973 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10974 of the arguments string. */
10975 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10977 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10978 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10981 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10982 This is the value of the parameter. */
10983 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10985 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10987 /* Skip whitespace. */
10988 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10993 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10994 This is the parameter itself. */
10995 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10998 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11000 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11002 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11003 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11004 only in a specific thread. */
11008 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11010 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11011 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11013 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11015 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11016 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11018 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11019 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11020 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11022 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11024 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11025 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11027 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11030 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11032 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11034 mark
= value_mark ();
11035 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11036 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11037 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11040 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11043 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11044 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11051 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11052 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11054 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11055 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11056 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11057 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11058 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11060 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11061 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11063 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11066 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11067 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11071 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11072 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11074 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11077 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11078 mark
= value_mark ();
11079 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11081 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11083 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11084 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11091 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11092 val
= value_addr (result
);
11093 release_value (val
);
11094 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11098 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11101 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11102 else if (ret
== -2)
11103 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11106 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11107 release_value (val
);
11109 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11110 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11112 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11113 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11115 struct expression
*cond
;
11117 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11118 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11119 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11121 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11122 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11123 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11129 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11131 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11133 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11134 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11135 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11136 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11137 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11139 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11142 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11143 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11144 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11145 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11147 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11149 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11150 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11152 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11153 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11155 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11156 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11157 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11158 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11159 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11160 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11161 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11162 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11163 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11167 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11168 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11169 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11170 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11172 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11173 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11174 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11175 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11177 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11179 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11182 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11183 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11185 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11186 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11187 b
->thread
= thread
;
11188 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11189 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11191 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11192 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11195 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11196 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11199 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11200 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11202 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11203 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11206 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11207 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11209 /* The above expression is in C. */
11210 b
->language
= language_c
;
11213 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11217 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11222 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11223 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11228 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11230 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11234 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11235 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11239 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11240 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11243 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11245 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11246 need to act on them together. */
11247 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11248 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11251 if (!just_location
)
11252 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11256 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11257 that should be inserted. */
11258 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11260 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11262 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11263 throw_exception (e
);
11267 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11268 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11271 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11272 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11275 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11277 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11278 struct value
*head
= v
;
11280 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11281 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11284 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11285 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11286 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11287 hardware watchpoint.
11289 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11290 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11291 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11292 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11293 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11294 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11295 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11296 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11297 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11299 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11300 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11301 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11302 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11303 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11305 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11307 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11308 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11309 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11310 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11311 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11312 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11316 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11317 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11318 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11320 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11321 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11322 middle of some value chain. */
11324 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11325 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11327 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11331 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11332 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11333 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11335 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11339 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11343 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11344 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11345 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11346 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11347 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11350 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11351 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11352 return found_memory_cnt
;
11356 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11358 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11361 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11362 calls watch_command_1. */
11365 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11367 int just_location
= 0;
11370 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11371 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11373 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11377 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11381 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11383 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11387 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11389 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11393 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11395 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11399 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11401 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11405 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11407 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11411 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11412 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11414 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11416 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11417 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11421 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11422 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11423 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11426 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11428 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11430 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11431 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11432 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11433 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11437 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11439 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11440 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11441 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11442 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11443 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11444 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11445 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11446 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11447 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11449 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11451 clear_proceed_status (0);
11453 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11456 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11457 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11458 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11459 get_last_displayed_line ());
11461 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11462 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11464 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11465 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11467 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11468 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11471 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11473 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11475 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11478 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11480 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11481 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11482 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11485 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11486 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11487 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11488 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11490 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11493 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11495 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11497 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11498 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11499 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11503 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11505 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11506 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11509 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11513 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11514 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11515 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11516 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11518 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11519 only at the very same frame. */
11520 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11521 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11522 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11524 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11526 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11527 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11528 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11529 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11531 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11533 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11534 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11536 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11537 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11538 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11540 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11541 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11542 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11546 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11549 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11550 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11552 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11553 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11554 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11555 if clause in the arg string. */
11558 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11562 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11565 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11568 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11569 condition string. */
11570 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11571 cond_string
= *arg
;
11573 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11575 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11577 return cond_string
;
11580 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11581 process start/exit, etc. */
11585 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11586 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11591 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11592 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11594 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11595 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11596 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11599 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11600 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11601 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11605 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11607 /* The allowed syntax is:
11609 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11611 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11612 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11614 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11615 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11617 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11618 and enable reporting of such events. */
11621 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11622 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11623 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11624 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11626 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11627 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11628 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11629 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11632 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11638 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11639 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11641 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11642 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11644 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11646 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11650 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11652 /* The allowed syntax is:
11654 catch exec if <cond>
11656 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11657 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11659 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11660 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11662 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11663 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11664 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11665 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11667 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11671 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11672 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11673 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11675 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11682 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11684 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11686 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11687 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11688 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11689 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11690 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11691 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11692 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11693 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11694 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11695 enough for now, though. */
11698 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11700 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11701 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11702 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11703 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11707 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11709 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11714 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11716 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11719 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11722 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11724 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11725 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11726 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11727 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11729 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11731 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11734 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11738 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11741 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11744 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11746 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11747 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11750 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11751 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11753 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11757 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11758 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11759 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11760 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11765 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11766 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11767 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11768 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11770 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11771 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11772 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11773 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11774 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11775 error (_("No source file specified."));
11777 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11783 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11784 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11785 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11786 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11788 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11789 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11790 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11791 due to optimization, all in one block.
11793 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11794 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11795 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11796 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11797 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11798 to support that. */
11800 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11801 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11802 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11806 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11807 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11809 const char *sal_fullname
;
11811 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11812 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11813 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11816 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11821 1 0 <can't happen> */
11823 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11824 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11825 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11827 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11828 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11831 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11832 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11834 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11835 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11837 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11838 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11839 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11841 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11842 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11843 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11844 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11845 int line_match
= 0;
11847 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11848 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11849 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11850 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11851 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11852 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11853 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11856 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11865 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11869 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11870 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11873 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11875 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11878 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11879 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11880 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11881 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11882 compare_breakpoints
);
11883 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11884 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11888 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11893 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11894 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11897 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11898 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11900 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11903 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11906 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11907 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11910 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11912 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11915 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11916 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11917 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11920 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11922 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11924 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11925 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11926 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11928 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11932 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11933 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11937 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11938 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11939 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11940 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11941 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11942 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11945 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11947 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11948 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11950 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11951 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11953 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11954 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11957 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11958 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11959 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11961 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11962 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11963 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11965 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11966 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11967 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11969 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11970 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11971 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11973 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11976 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11977 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11978 content of the bp_location array. */
11981 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11983 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11985 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11986 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11988 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11990 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11992 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11995 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11996 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11998 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11999 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12000 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12001 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12003 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12005 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12006 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12007 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12008 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12012 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12015 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12017 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12018 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12020 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12023 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12025 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12027 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12028 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12029 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12031 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12032 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12033 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12036 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12038 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12039 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12040 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12041 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12044 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12046 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12049 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12051 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12052 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12053 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12054 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12057 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12060 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12063 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12065 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12066 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12067 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12068 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12070 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12071 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12072 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12073 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12074 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12076 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12077 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12078 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12079 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12080 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12081 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12082 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12083 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12086 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12087 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12088 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12092 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12094 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12095 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12096 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12099 address
= bl
->address
;
12100 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12102 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12103 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12104 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12106 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12107 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12110 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12111 the same program space as the location
12112 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12113 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12114 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12118 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12119 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12122 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12123 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12124 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12125 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12126 that have already been marked. */
12127 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12129 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12131 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12133 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12134 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12138 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12139 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12140 locations are duplicate of which.
12142 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12143 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12147 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12149 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12150 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12151 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12152 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12153 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12154 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12155 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12157 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12158 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12159 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12160 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12161 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12163 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12164 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12165 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12166 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12168 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12169 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12170 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12171 unsigned old_location_count
;
12173 old_location
= bp_location
;
12174 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12175 bp_location
= NULL
;
12176 bp_location_count
= 0;
12177 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12180 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12181 bp_location_count
++;
12183 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12184 locp
= bp_location
;
12185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12186 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12188 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12189 bp_location_compare
);
12191 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12193 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12194 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12195 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12196 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12197 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12200 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12201 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12203 locp
= bp_location
;
12204 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12207 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12208 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12210 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12211 not, we have to free it. */
12212 int found_object
= 0;
12213 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12214 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12217 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12218 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12219 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12220 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12224 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12225 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12228 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12229 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12230 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12232 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12233 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12234 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12236 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12237 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12240 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12244 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12245 have to go through updates again. */
12246 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12248 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12250 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12252 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12253 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12254 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12255 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12256 at certain location is not inserted. */
12258 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12260 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12263 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12265 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12266 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12267 keep_in_target
= 1;
12271 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12272 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12273 remove its target-side condition. */
12275 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12276 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12277 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12278 this one from the target. */
12280 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12281 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12284 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12285 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12288 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12290 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12292 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12293 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12294 supported, but the latter are. */
12295 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12297 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12298 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12301 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12302 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12304 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12305 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12307 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12308 keep_in_target
= 1;
12316 if (!keep_in_target
)
12318 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12320 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12321 this location on the global list, and try to
12322 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12323 reason why we will succeed next time.
12325 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12326 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12327 only after calling us. */
12328 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12329 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12330 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12338 if (removed
&& non_stop
12339 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12341 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12342 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12343 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12344 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12345 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12346 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12347 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12348 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12349 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12350 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12351 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12352 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12353 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12354 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12357 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12358 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12360 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12361 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12362 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12363 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12364 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12365 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12366 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12367 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12368 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12369 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12370 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12371 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12372 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12375 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12376 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12377 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12378 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12380 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12381 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12382 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12383 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12384 traps we can no longer explain. */
12386 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12387 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12389 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12393 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12394 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12399 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12400 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12401 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12402 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12403 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12404 are sorted first for the same address.
12406 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12407 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12409 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12410 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12411 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12412 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12413 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12415 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12417 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12420 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12421 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12422 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12423 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12424 `struct bp_location'. */
12425 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12427 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12428 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12432 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12433 if (loc
->permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12434 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12435 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12436 "actually inserted"));
12438 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12439 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12440 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12441 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12442 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12443 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12445 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12447 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12448 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12449 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12451 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12452 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12454 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12456 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12457 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12458 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12464 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12465 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12466 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12468 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12469 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12471 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12472 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12474 if (loc
->inserted
&& !loc
->permanent
12475 && (*loc_first_p
)->permanent
)
12476 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12477 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12478 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12481 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12483 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12484 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12487 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12488 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12489 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12490 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12491 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12493 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12497 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12498 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12500 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12504 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12506 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12509 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12510 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12512 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12513 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12519 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12524 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12526 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12532 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12535 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12539 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12540 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12542 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12543 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12544 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12548 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12550 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12552 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12554 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12558 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12562 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12564 struct value_print_options opts
;
12566 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12568 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12570 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12572 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12576 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12578 printf_filtered (" at ");
12579 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12582 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12584 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12586 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12587 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12588 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12589 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12591 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12592 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12593 real situation somewhat. */
12594 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12599 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12601 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12603 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12608 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12611 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12613 xfree (self
->cond
);
12614 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12615 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12616 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12618 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12619 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12622 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12627 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12631 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12633 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12634 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12635 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12636 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12637 xfree (self
->filter
);
12638 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12641 static struct bp_location
*
12642 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12644 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12646 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12647 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12652 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12654 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12657 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12658 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12661 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12663 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12667 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12669 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12673 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12674 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12676 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12678 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12682 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12687 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12691 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12693 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12696 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12700 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12702 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12705 static enum print_stop_action
12706 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12708 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12712 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12713 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12719 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12721 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12725 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12727 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12731 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12732 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12733 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12737 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12741 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12742 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12744 char *extra_string
,
12745 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12746 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12748 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12749 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12750 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12751 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12753 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12757 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12758 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12760 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12763 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12766 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12771 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12774 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12776 /* Nothing to do. */
12779 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12781 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12782 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12783 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12784 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12785 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12786 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12787 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12788 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12789 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12790 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12792 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12793 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12794 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12795 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12796 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12797 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12798 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12799 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12802 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12805 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12807 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12808 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12810 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12811 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12815 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12819 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12821 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12822 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12824 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12828 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12830 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12831 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12833 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12837 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12838 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12839 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12841 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12842 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12845 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12849 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12850 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12851 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12858 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12859 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12860 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12862 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12863 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12865 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12866 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12867 be set at the same address. */
12871 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12875 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12877 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12882 static enum print_stop_action
12883 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12885 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12886 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12888 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12890 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12892 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12893 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12895 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12896 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12897 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12900 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12902 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12904 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12905 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12907 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12908 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12909 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12911 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12912 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12914 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12918 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12920 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12925 case bp_breakpoint
:
12926 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12927 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12928 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12930 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12931 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12932 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12933 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12935 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12936 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12939 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12947 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12949 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12950 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12951 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12952 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12953 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12954 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12955 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12956 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12957 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12959 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12960 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12962 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12963 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12967 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12968 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12969 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12970 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12972 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12973 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12977 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12978 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12980 char *extra_string
,
12981 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12982 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12984 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12985 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12986 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12987 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12989 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12990 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12992 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12993 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12994 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12998 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12999 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13001 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13004 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13007 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13011 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13012 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13013 case bp_overlay_event
:
13014 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13015 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13016 case bp_exception_master
:
13017 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13020 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13021 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13022 case bp_shlib_event
:
13024 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13025 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13026 case bp_thread_event
:
13032 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13034 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13036 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13037 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13038 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13039 objects (among other things). */
13040 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13041 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13047 static enum print_stop_action
13048 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13050 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13052 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13056 case bp_shlib_event
:
13057 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13058 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13059 to shlib event" message.) */
13060 print_solib_event (0);
13063 case bp_thread_event
:
13064 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13065 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13066 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13069 case bp_overlay_event
:
13070 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13071 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13074 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13075 /* These should never be enabled. */
13076 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13079 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13080 /* These should never be enabled. */
13081 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13082 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13085 case bp_exception_master
:
13086 /* These should never be enabled. */
13087 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13088 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13092 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13096 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13098 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13101 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13104 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13106 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13107 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13108 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13109 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13113 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13115 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13118 static enum print_stop_action
13119 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13121 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13123 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13125 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13130 ui_out_field_string
13132 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13136 ui_out_field_string
13138 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13143 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13147 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13149 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13152 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13154 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13155 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13158 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13160 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13163 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13165 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13168 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13171 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13173 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13177 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13179 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13180 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13189 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13191 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13192 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13193 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13197 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13201 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13202 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13203 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13204 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13206 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13208 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13210 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13211 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13213 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13217 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13218 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13220 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13222 error (_("probe not found"));
13225 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13228 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13230 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13234 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13235 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13236 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13238 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13244 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13245 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13247 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13248 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13250 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13252 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13253 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13254 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13255 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13260 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13262 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13267 case bp_tracepoint
:
13268 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13269 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13271 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13272 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13273 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13275 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13276 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13277 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13280 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13281 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13288 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13290 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13292 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13293 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13294 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13296 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13299 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13300 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13303 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13305 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13306 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13310 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13311 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13312 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13313 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13315 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13316 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13320 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13321 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13323 char *extra_string
,
13324 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13325 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13327 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13328 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13329 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13330 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13332 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13333 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13335 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13336 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13337 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13341 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13342 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13344 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13347 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13349 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13353 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13354 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13355 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13356 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13358 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13359 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13360 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13364 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13365 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13367 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13368 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13371 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13373 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13376 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13378 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13380 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13381 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13382 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13383 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13385 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13386 error (_("Format string required"));
13388 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13389 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13390 3 - disconnect from target 1
13391 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13393 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13394 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13395 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13396 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13397 it all the time. */
13398 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13399 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13402 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13405 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13407 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13409 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13412 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13415 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13416 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13417 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13418 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13419 address are all handled. */
13422 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13424 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13425 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13426 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13428 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13429 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13430 condition not be evaluated. */
13433 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13434 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13435 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13436 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13437 commands here throws. */
13438 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13439 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13440 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13442 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13444 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13445 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13447 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13450 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13454 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13455 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13456 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13457 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13459 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13461 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13463 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13465 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13466 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13467 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13471 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13472 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13474 char *extra_string
,
13475 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13476 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13478 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13479 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13480 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13481 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13484 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13485 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13487 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13488 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13489 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13490 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13491 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13492 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13494 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13496 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13497 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13498 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13501 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13502 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13504 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13505 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13507 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13508 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13510 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13511 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13512 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13513 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13514 canonical
->special_display
);
13515 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13516 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13517 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13518 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13519 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13520 corresponds to this one */
13521 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13523 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13525 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13530 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13531 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13533 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13535 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13536 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13538 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13542 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13545 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13548 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13550 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13553 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13557 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13559 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13561 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13563 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13564 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13567 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13568 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13569 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13570 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13571 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13574 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13575 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13576 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13577 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13579 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13582 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13583 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13584 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13586 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13587 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13589 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13590 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13591 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13592 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13596 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13598 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13599 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13600 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13601 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13602 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13605 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13606 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13607 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13608 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13610 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13612 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13613 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13616 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13618 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13622 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13624 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13625 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13626 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13627 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13628 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13629 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13630 commands won't work. */
13632 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13634 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13635 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13636 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13637 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13638 might be better design to have location completely
13639 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13640 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13642 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13643 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13644 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13645 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13650 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13652 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13656 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13658 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13661 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13662 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13665 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13666 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13670 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13675 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13677 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13678 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13680 if (next
== related
)
13682 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13683 function (related
, data
);
13685 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13686 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13691 function (related
, data
);
13695 while (related
!= b
);
13699 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13701 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13704 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13705 delete_breakpoint. */
13708 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13710 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13714 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13716 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13722 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13724 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13725 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13726 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13727 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13728 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13730 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13734 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13736 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13738 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13739 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13740 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13744 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13748 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13750 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13751 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13752 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13757 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13758 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13759 Null names are ignored. */
13762 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13764 struct bp_location
*l
;
13765 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13766 (int (*) (const void *,
13767 const void *)) streq
,
13768 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13770 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13773 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13775 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13779 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13781 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13785 htab_delete (htab
);
13791 htab_delete (htab
);
13795 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13796 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13797 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13798 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13799 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13800 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13801 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13802 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13805 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13806 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13807 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13808 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13809 in the sources, and output a warning.
13811 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13812 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13813 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13814 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13815 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13818 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13819 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13820 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13821 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13822 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13823 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13824 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13825 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13826 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13828 static struct symtab_and_line
13829 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13831 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13832 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13837 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13839 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13841 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13842 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13844 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13846 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13847 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13848 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13853 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13855 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13857 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13858 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13860 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13863 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13865 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13867 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13868 struct symbol
*sym
;
13869 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13870 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13872 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13874 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13875 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13877 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13878 "found at previous line number"),
13879 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13883 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13885 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13886 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13887 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13890 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13891 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13892 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13894 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13895 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13896 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13898 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13900 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13902 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13905 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13906 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13908 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13909 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13911 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13912 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13913 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13914 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13916 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13919 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13925 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13926 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13929 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13933 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13936 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13939 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13946 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13952 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13953 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13954 a ranged breakpoint. */
13957 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13958 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13959 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13962 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13964 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13966 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13968 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13969 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13970 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13971 "multiple locations found\n"),
13976 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13977 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13978 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13979 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13980 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13981 individual locations. */
13982 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13987 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13989 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13991 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13993 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13995 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13997 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14001 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14004 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14005 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14008 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14010 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14011 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14012 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14013 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14018 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14020 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14022 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14026 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14029 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14030 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14031 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14032 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14033 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14034 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14035 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14037 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14039 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14041 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14042 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14044 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14045 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14053 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14054 if (l
->function_name
14055 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14065 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14066 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14068 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14071 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14072 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14074 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14075 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14078 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14079 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14081 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14086 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14088 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14090 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14094 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14095 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14096 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14097 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14098 state, then user already saw the message about that
14099 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14101 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14102 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14103 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14104 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14105 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14106 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14108 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14110 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14111 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14112 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14113 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14114 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14115 which approach is better. */
14116 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14117 throw_exception (e
);
14122 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14126 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14127 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14128 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14130 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14133 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14134 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14137 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14138 b
->thread
= thread
;
14141 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14142 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14145 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14146 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14156 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14157 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14161 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14164 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14165 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14166 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14168 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14171 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14175 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14177 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14180 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14181 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14185 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14188 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14189 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14192 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14193 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14194 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14195 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14197 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14200 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14201 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14205 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14206 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14208 char *extra_string
,
14209 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14210 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14212 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14213 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14214 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14215 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14217 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14219 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14220 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14221 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14224 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14225 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14228 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14229 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14231 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14233 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14234 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14235 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14236 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14239 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14240 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14242 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14244 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14246 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14247 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14248 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14250 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14253 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14256 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14258 static struct cleanup
*
14259 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14261 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14263 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14264 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14265 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14266 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14267 set_language (b
->language
);
14272 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14273 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14274 Unused in this case. */
14277 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14279 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14280 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14281 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14283 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14284 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14285 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14289 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14291 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14293 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14294 enum language save_language
;
14295 int save_input_radix
;
14296 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14298 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14299 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14300 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14304 /* Format possible error msg. */
14305 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14307 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14308 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14309 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14311 set_language (save_language
);
14312 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14314 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14316 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14318 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14319 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14320 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14321 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14324 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14326 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14327 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14329 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14331 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14333 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14334 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14336 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14337 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14338 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14340 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14344 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14345 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14346 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14349 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14351 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14357 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14359 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14361 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14362 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14367 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14371 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14372 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14374 else if (count
== 1)
14375 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14378 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14379 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14382 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14386 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14389 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14392 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14398 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14400 num
= get_number (&p
);
14402 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14404 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14406 set_ignore_count (num
,
14407 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14410 printf_filtered ("\n");
14413 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14414 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14417 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14422 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14424 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14426 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14427 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14429 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14431 while (!state
.finished
)
14433 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14437 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14440 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14445 if (b
->number
== num
)
14448 function (b
, data
);
14452 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14457 static struct bp_location
*
14458 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14460 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14464 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14465 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14470 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14472 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14474 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14475 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14480 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14481 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14484 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14486 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14490 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14493 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14499 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14500 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14501 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14504 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14506 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14507 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14508 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14509 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14512 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14514 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14515 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14517 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14518 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14520 struct bp_location
*location
;
14522 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14523 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14526 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14528 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14531 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14534 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14536 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14539 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14540 disable_breakpoint. */
14543 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14545 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14549 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14553 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14555 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14556 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14557 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14561 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14565 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14567 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14574 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14576 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14577 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14578 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14579 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14581 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14584 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14585 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14591 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14594 int target_resources_ok
;
14596 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14599 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14600 target_resources_ok
=
14601 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14603 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14604 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14605 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14606 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14609 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14611 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14612 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14616 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14618 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14619 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14620 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14622 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14624 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14625 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14632 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14634 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14635 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14637 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14638 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14640 struct bp_location
*location
;
14642 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14643 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14646 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14647 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14648 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14650 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14655 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14657 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14661 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14663 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14666 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14667 enable_breakpoint. */
14670 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14672 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14675 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14676 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14677 in stopping the inferior. */
14680 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14684 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14686 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14687 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14688 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14692 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14696 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14698 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14705 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14707 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14708 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14709 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14710 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14715 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14716 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14721 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14731 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14733 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14735 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14739 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14741 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14743 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14747 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14749 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14753 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14755 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14757 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14761 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14766 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14768 count
= get_number (&args
);
14770 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14774 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14776 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14778 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14782 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14784 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14788 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14793 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14797 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14798 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14802 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14803 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14804 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14806 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14808 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14809 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14810 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14812 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14814 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14816 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14818 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14819 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14820 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14821 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14823 value_free (wp
->val
);
14831 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14834 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14835 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14838 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14839 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14840 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14842 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14844 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14845 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
14848 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14850 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14851 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14852 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14854 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14857 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14860 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14861 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14864 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14866 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14868 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14874 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14878 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14881 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14883 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14885 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14886 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14892 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14894 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14896 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14898 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14899 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14903 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14905 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14906 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14908 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14909 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14911 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14913 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14915 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14917 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14918 0 /* Ignore count */,
14919 pending_break_support
,
14923 0 /* internal */, 0);
14927 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14929 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14931 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14933 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14934 0 /* Ignore count */,
14935 pending_break_support
,
14936 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14939 0 /* internal */, 0);
14942 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14945 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14947 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14949 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14950 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14951 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14952 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14954 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14956 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14958 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14960 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14961 0 /* Ignore count */,
14962 pending_break_support
,
14966 0 /* internal */, 0);
14969 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14970 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14972 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14973 static int next_cmd
;
14976 read_uploaded_action (void)
14980 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
14987 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14988 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14989 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14990 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14991 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14993 struct tracepoint
*
14994 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14996 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
14997 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14999 if (utp
->at_string
)
15000 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15003 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15004 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15005 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15007 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15008 "source location, using raw address"),
15010 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15011 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15014 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15015 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15016 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15017 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15020 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15022 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15023 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15025 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15026 0 /* Ignore count */,
15027 pending_break_support
,
15028 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15030 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15032 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15035 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15036 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15037 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15041 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15044 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15047 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15048 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15049 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15051 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15053 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15058 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15060 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15062 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15063 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15064 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15065 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15068 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15069 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15070 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15075 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15079 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15081 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15084 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15086 if (num_printed
== 0)
15088 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15089 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15091 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15094 default_collect_info ();
15097 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15098 Not supported by all targets. */
15100 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15102 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15105 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15106 Not supported by all targets. */
15108 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15110 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15113 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15115 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15117 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15123 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15125 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15126 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15127 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15129 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15130 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15132 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15136 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15138 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15141 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15142 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15146 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15149 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15152 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15154 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15155 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15157 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15158 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15161 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15163 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15164 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15165 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15168 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15170 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15171 unsigned int count
;
15173 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15174 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15175 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15177 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15179 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15180 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15182 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15184 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15186 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15188 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15190 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15191 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15194 else if (*args
== '\0')
15196 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15198 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15202 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15204 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15205 while (!state
.finished
)
15207 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15209 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15214 struct tracepoint
*
15215 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15217 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15219 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15220 if (t
->number
== num
)
15221 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15226 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15227 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15230 struct tracepoint
*
15231 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15233 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15235 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15237 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15239 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15246 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15247 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15248 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15249 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15251 struct tracepoint
*
15252 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15253 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15255 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15257 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15261 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15262 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15264 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15265 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15267 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15271 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15272 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15275 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15279 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15280 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15282 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15285 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15290 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15292 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15293 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15298 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15301 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15302 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15303 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15307 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15308 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15310 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15312 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15313 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15314 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15316 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15317 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15319 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15320 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15322 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15323 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15326 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15327 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15332 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15334 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15336 /* We can stop searching. */
15343 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15347 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15348 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15349 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15351 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15352 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15353 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15355 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15356 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15360 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15361 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15364 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15365 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15368 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15370 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15371 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15374 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15377 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15380 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15382 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15384 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15386 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15389 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15391 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15393 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15394 throw_exception (ex
);
15398 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15402 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15403 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15405 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15406 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15407 special, and not user visible. */
15408 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15410 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15413 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15415 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15419 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15423 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15424 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15427 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15430 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15432 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15435 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15438 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15440 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15443 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15445 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15446 all_tracepoints (void)
15448 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15449 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15451 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15453 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15460 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15461 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15462 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15464 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15465 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15466 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15467 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15468 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15469 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15470 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15471 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15472 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15473 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15474 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15475 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15477 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15478 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15480 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15481 conditions are different.\n\
15483 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15485 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15486 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15488 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15489 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15492 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15493 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15494 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15495 void *user_data_catch
,
15496 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15498 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15500 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15502 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15503 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15504 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15506 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15508 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15509 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15510 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15514 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15516 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15517 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15518 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15521 struct breakpoint
*
15522 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15525 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15529 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15536 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15537 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15540 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15542 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15543 non-inline function. */
15544 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15550 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15551 have been inlined. */
15554 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15555 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15557 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15558 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15560 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15562 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15565 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15567 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15568 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15576 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15579 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15581 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15583 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15584 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15585 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15589 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15591 static int initialized
= 0;
15593 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15599 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15600 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15601 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15602 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15603 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15604 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15605 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15606 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15607 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15608 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15609 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15610 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15612 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15613 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15614 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15615 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15616 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15617 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15618 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15619 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15621 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15622 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15623 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15624 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15625 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15626 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15627 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15628 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15629 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15630 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15632 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15633 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15634 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15635 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15636 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15637 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15638 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15640 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15641 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15642 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15643 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15644 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15645 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15646 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15648 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15649 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15650 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15651 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15653 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15654 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15655 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15656 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15657 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15658 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15659 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15662 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15663 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15664 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15665 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15666 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15667 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15668 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15669 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15670 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15671 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15672 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15673 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15674 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15675 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15677 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15678 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15679 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15680 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15681 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15682 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15683 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15684 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15685 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15686 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15687 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15690 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15691 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15692 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15693 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15694 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15695 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15696 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15697 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15698 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15699 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15701 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15702 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15703 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15704 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15705 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15707 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15708 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15709 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15710 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15711 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15712 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15714 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15715 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15716 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15717 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15718 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15719 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15720 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15721 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15722 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15723 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15725 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15726 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15727 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15728 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15729 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15730 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15731 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15732 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15733 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15734 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15736 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15737 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15738 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15739 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15740 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15741 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15742 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15743 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15744 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15745 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15746 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15748 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15749 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15750 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15751 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15752 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15753 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15754 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15755 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15756 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15757 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15758 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15759 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15761 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15762 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15763 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15764 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15765 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15766 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15767 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15768 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15769 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15772 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15774 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15777 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15779 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15781 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15783 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15784 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15785 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15787 breakpoint_objfile_key
15788 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15790 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15791 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15792 before a breakpoint is set. */
15793 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15795 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15797 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15798 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15799 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15801 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15802 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15803 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15804 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15805 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15806 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15807 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15808 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15810 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15811 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15812 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15813 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15814 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15816 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15817 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15818 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15819 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15820 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15822 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15823 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15825 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15826 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15827 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15828 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15830 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15831 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15833 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15834 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15835 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15836 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15838 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15839 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15841 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15842 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15843 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15844 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15845 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15846 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15847 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15849 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15851 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15852 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15853 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15854 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15855 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15856 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15858 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15859 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15860 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15863 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15864 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15865 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15868 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15869 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15870 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15871 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15874 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15875 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15876 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15879 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15880 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15881 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15884 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15885 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15886 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15887 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15890 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15891 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15892 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15893 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15894 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15895 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15896 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15897 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15899 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15900 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15901 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15902 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15903 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15904 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15907 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15908 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15909 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15910 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15912 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15913 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15914 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15915 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15916 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15918 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15919 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15920 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15921 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15922 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15925 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15926 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15927 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15928 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15929 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15930 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15932 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15933 is executing in.\n\
15935 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15936 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15938 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15939 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15940 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15941 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15943 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15944 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15945 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15946 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15950 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15951 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15952 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15953 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15954 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15955 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15956 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15957 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
15958 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15959 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15960 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15961 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15962 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15963 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15964 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15965 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15967 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15968 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15969 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15970 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15971 breakpoint set."));
15974 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
15975 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15976 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15977 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15978 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15979 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15980 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15981 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15982 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15984 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15985 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15986 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15987 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15988 breakpoint set."));
15990 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15992 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15993 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15994 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15995 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15996 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15997 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15998 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15999 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16000 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16001 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16002 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16003 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16004 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16006 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16007 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16008 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16009 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16011 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16013 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16014 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16015 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16016 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16018 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16019 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16020 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16021 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16023 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16024 catch_fork_command_1
,
16026 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16027 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16028 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16029 catch_fork_command_1
,
16031 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16032 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16033 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16034 catch_exec_command_1
,
16038 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16039 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16040 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16041 catch_load_command_1
,
16045 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16046 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16047 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16048 catch_unload_command_1
,
16053 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16054 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16055 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16056 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16057 an expression changes.\n\
16058 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16059 the memory to which it refers."));
16060 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16062 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16063 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16064 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16065 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16066 an expression is read.\n\
16067 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16068 the memory to which it refers."));
16069 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16071 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16072 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16073 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16074 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16075 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16076 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16077 the memory to which it refers."));
16078 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16080 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16081 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16083 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16084 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16085 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16086 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16087 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16088 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16089 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16090 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16091 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16094 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16095 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16097 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16099 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16101 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16102 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16104 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16105 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16106 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16108 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16109 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16110 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16111 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16113 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16114 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16116 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16117 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16118 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16120 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16121 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16123 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16124 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16125 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16126 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16127 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16128 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16129 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16130 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16131 the selected stack frame.\n\
16132 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16133 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16134 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16135 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16137 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16139 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16140 conditions are different.\n\
16142 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16143 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16144 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16146 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16147 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16148 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16149 last tracepoint set."));
16151 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16153 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16154 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16155 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16156 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16158 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16160 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16161 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16162 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16163 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16165 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16167 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16168 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16169 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16170 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16172 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16174 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16175 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16176 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16177 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16178 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16180 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16181 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16182 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16183 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16185 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16186 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16187 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16188 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16189 session to restore them."),
16191 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16193 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16194 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16195 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16197 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16199 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16200 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16202 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16203 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16204 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16205 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16206 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16207 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16208 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16209 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16210 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16211 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16212 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16213 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16215 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16216 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16217 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16218 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16219 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16220 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16221 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16222 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16224 show_pending_break_support
,
16225 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16226 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16228 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16230 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16231 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16232 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16233 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16234 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16235 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16236 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16238 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16239 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16240 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16242 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16243 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16244 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16245 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16246 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16247 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16248 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16249 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16250 when execution stops."),
16252 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16253 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16254 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16256 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16257 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16258 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16259 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16260 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16261 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16262 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16263 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16264 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16265 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16266 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16267 be set to \"gdb\""),
16268 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16269 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16270 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16271 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16273 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16274 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16275 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16276 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16277 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16278 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16279 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16280 or the start of the range\n\
16281 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16282 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16283 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16285 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16286 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16287 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16289 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16290 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16291 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16292 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16293 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16294 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16295 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16297 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16298 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16299 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16300 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16301 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16302 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16303 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16304 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16305 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16306 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16307 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16308 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16310 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16311 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16312 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16313 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16314 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16315 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16316 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16318 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16319 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16320 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16321 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16322 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16323 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16324 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16326 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16327 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16328 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16329 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16330 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16331 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16334 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16336 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16337 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16338 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16340 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16342 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16343 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);